1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 static void update_global_location_list (int);
239 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
241 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
243 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
245 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
247 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
249 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
257 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
263 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
270 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
294 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
299 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
300 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
302 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
303 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
304 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
305 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
306 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
307 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
309 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
310 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
311 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
312 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
318 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
320 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
321 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
322 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
323 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
325 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
327 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
328 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
329 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
330 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
331 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
332 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
333 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
335 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
337 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
339 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
341 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
342 breakpoints share a single command list. */
343 struct counted_command_line
345 /* The reference count. */
348 /* The command list. */
349 struct command_line
*commands
;
352 struct command_line
*
353 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
355 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
358 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
359 current breakpoint. */
361 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
364 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
366 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
367 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
369 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
371 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
374 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
375 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
376 if such is available. */
377 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
380 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
381 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
384 fprintf_filtered (file
,
385 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
386 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
390 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
391 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
392 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
394 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
396 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
397 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
400 fprintf_filtered (file
,
401 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
402 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
406 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
407 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
408 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
409 use hardware breakpoints. */
410 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
412 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
413 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
416 fprintf_filtered (file
,
417 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
421 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
422 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
423 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
424 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
425 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
427 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
430 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
431 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
433 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
434 fprintf_filtered (file
,
435 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
436 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
438 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
440 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
447 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
448 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
451 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
453 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
454 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
455 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
456 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
457 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
458 condition_evaluation_auto
,
459 condition_evaluation_host
,
460 condition_evaluation_target
,
464 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
465 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
467 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
468 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
472 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
473 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
477 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
479 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
481 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
482 return condition_evaluation_target
;
484 return condition_evaluation_host
;
490 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
493 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
495 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
498 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
502 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
504 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
506 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
509 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
511 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
512 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
514 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
515 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
517 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
518 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
520 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
522 current breakpoint. */
524 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
527 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
528 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
531 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
532 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
533 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
535 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
536 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
537 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
540 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
541 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
542 to where the loop should start from.
543 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
544 appropriate location to start with. */
546 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
547 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
548 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
550 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
551 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
554 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
556 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
557 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
558 if (is_tracepoint (B))
560 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
562 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
564 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
566 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
568 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
570 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
572 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
573 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
574 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
575 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
576 an address you need to read. */
578 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
580 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
581 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
582 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
583 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
584 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
588 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
589 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
591 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
593 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
595 static int breakpoint_count
;
597 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
598 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
599 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
600 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
601 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
603 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
605 static int tracepoint_count
;
607 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
608 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
609 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
611 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
613 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
615 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
618 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
621 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
623 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
624 breakpoint_count
= num
;
625 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
628 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
629 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
630 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
632 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
636 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
638 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
641 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
645 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
647 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
650 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
653 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
661 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
662 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
664 static struct counted_command_line
*
665 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
667 struct counted_command_line
*result
668 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
671 result
->commands
= commands
;
675 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
678 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
684 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
685 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
686 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
689 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
693 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
695 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
702 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
705 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
707 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
710 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
713 static struct cleanup
*
714 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
716 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
720 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
721 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
724 get_breakpoint (int num
)
726 struct breakpoint
*b
;
729 if (b
->number
== num
)
737 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
738 evaluating conditions on its side. */
741 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
743 struct bp_location
*loc
;
745 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
746 evaluating conditions and if the user has
747 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
753 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
756 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
757 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
760 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
761 evaluating conditions on its side. */
764 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
766 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
767 evaluating conditions and if the user has
768 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
770 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
771 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
775 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
778 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
781 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
782 condition_evaluation_mode. */
785 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
786 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
788 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
790 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
791 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
794 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
795 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
799 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
800 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
802 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
803 settings was "auto". */
804 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
806 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
807 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
809 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
810 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
811 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
813 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
814 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
817 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
819 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
822 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
826 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
827 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
828 target knows about. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
831 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
835 update_global_location_list (1);
841 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
842 what "auto" is translating to. */
845 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
846 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
848 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
849 fprintf_filtered (file
,
850 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
851 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
853 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
855 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
859 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
860 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
861 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
864 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
866 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
867 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
869 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
872 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
875 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
876 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
877 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
880 static struct bp_location
**
881 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
883 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
884 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
885 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
887 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
888 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
889 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
891 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
892 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
893 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
894 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
896 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
897 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
900 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
901 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
902 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
903 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
910 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
913 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
914 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
916 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
918 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
925 struct bp_location
*loc
;
927 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
932 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
933 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
934 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
945 const char *arg
= exp
;
947 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
948 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
949 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
950 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
952 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
954 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
956 innermost_block
= NULL
;
958 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
960 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
961 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
971 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
972 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
974 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
978 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
980 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
985 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
986 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
987 const char *text
, const char *word
)
991 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
992 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
996 struct breakpoint
*b
;
997 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1001 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1002 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1004 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1007 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1008 len
= strlen (text
);
1014 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1016 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1017 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1023 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1024 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1025 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1028 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1031 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1038 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1041 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1043 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1046 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1048 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1049 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1050 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1051 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1052 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1054 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1056 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1057 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1058 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1078 struct command_line
*c
;
1080 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1084 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1107 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1124 struct command_line
*commands
)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1128 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1129 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1149 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1340 struct command_line
*control
)
1342 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1343 struct commands_info info
;
1345 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1346 info
.control
= control
;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1352 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1354 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1355 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1379 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1386 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1400 return simple_control
;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1408 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1412 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1419 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1424 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1427 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1428 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1429 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1430 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1431 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1433 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1438 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1439 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1441 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1445 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1447 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1448 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1450 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1452 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1457 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1459 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1464 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1465 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1467 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1468 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1469 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1473 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1475 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1476 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1479 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1481 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1482 shadow_contents buffer. */
1483 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1484 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1485 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1487 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1489 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1490 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1494 const unsigned char *bp
;
1495 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1496 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1498 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1499 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1500 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1502 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1504 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1506 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1507 breakpoint's INSN. */
1508 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1513 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1515 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1516 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1517 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1519 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1520 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1521 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1522 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1523 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1524 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1525 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1526 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1528 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1531 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1532 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1533 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1535 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1537 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1540 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1541 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1542 report higher one. */
1545 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1546 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1548 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1550 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1551 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1553 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1554 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1555 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1556 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1558 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1559 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1560 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1562 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1564 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1571 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1572 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1573 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1574 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1575 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1578 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1580 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1581 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1582 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1585 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1588 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1590 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1592 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1597 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1598 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1599 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1602 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1605 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1606 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1607 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1617 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1618 bp_location array. */
1619 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1621 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1625 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1635 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1639 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1641 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1642 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1643 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1646 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1649 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1651 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1652 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1653 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1656 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1660 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1662 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1663 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1666 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1667 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1668 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1669 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1670 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1671 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1672 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1673 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1676 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1678 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1679 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1680 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1681 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1684 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1685 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1688 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1690 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1692 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1694 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1695 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1696 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1697 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1698 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1700 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1703 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1704 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1705 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1706 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1708 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1710 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1711 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1714 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1715 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1716 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1717 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1718 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1719 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1720 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1721 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1723 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1724 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1725 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1726 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1727 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1728 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1729 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1730 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1733 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1734 hardware watchpoints:
1736 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1737 called several times when GDB stops.
1740 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1741 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1742 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1743 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1744 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1745 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1746 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1747 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1748 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1749 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1750 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1752 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1753 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1756 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1758 int within_current_scope
;
1759 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1762 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1763 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1764 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1765 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1768 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1773 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1774 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1775 within_current_scope
= 1;
1778 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1779 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1780 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1782 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1783 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1784 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1785 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1788 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1789 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1790 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1791 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1794 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1796 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1797 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1798 if (within_current_scope
)
1802 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1803 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1804 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1807 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1816 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1817 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1818 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1819 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1820 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1821 be completely different objects. */
1822 value_free (b
->val
);
1826 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1827 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1828 locations (re)created below. */
1829 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1831 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1833 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1837 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1838 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1842 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1843 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1844 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1845 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1846 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1847 if (!target_has_execution
)
1849 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1850 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1851 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1852 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1854 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1855 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1857 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1858 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1861 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1864 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1865 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1867 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1869 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1870 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1871 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1872 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1873 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1875 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1881 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1884 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1886 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1887 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1888 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1889 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1890 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1891 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1892 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1894 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1896 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1897 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1898 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1900 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1901 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1905 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1907 addr
= value_address (v
);
1909 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1911 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1914 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1915 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1918 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1920 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1921 loc
->address
= addr
;
1922 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1923 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1928 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1929 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1930 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1935 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1936 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1938 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1942 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1945 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1946 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1947 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1949 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1950 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1951 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1952 this watchpoint in as well. */
1954 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1955 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1956 hardware watchpoint type. */
1957 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1958 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1959 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1961 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1962 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1963 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1964 through watch_command), so always account for it
1967 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1968 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1970 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1971 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1974 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1975 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1977 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1979 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1980 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1981 "hardware watchpoint."));
1982 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1983 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1984 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1986 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1987 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1991 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1992 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1993 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1995 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1998 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2000 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2001 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2002 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2004 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2005 "read/access watchpoint."));
2008 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2010 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2011 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2012 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2013 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2016 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2018 next
= value_next (v
);
2023 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2024 above left it without any location set up. But,
2025 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2026 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2027 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2029 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2030 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2031 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2032 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2033 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2034 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2037 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2039 printf_filtered (_("\
2040 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2041 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2043 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2046 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2048 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2052 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2053 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2054 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2055 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2056 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2058 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2060 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2063 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2066 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2069 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2072 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2073 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2074 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2075 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2076 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2077 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2078 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2079 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2080 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2083 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2085 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2086 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2087 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2094 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2095 that the location is not duplicated. */
2098 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2101 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2104 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2105 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2109 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2110 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2111 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2112 any error during parsing. */
2114 static struct agent_expr
*
2115 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2117 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2118 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2123 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2124 that may show up. */
2125 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2127 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2132 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2133 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2134 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2138 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2142 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2143 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2144 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2145 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2146 one of them is true. */
2149 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2151 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2152 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2153 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2154 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2156 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2157 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2159 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2160 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2161 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2163 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2164 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2167 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2168 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2169 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2170 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2171 response back to GDB. */
2172 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2179 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2181 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2182 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2183 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2184 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2185 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2188 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2189 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2195 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2196 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2197 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2199 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2205 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2206 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2207 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2209 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2210 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2211 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2213 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2216 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2218 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2220 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2223 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2224 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2229 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2230 for this location's address. */
2231 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2235 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2236 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2237 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2239 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2240 conditions to the target. */
2241 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2242 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2248 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2249 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2250 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2252 static struct agent_expr
*
2253 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2255 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2256 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2257 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2258 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2259 const char *cmdrest
;
2260 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2261 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2263 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2270 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2272 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2274 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2275 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2277 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2279 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2281 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2283 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2285 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2286 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2288 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2290 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2291 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2293 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2295 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2297 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2299 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2300 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2303 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2308 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2309 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2311 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2315 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2316 that may show up. */
2317 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2319 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2320 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2321 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2324 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2328 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2329 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2330 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2334 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2338 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2339 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2340 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2343 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2345 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2346 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2347 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2348 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2350 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2351 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2353 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2354 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2355 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2358 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2361 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2362 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2363 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2364 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2365 response back to GDB. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2373 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2375 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2376 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2377 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2378 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2379 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2380 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2381 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2387 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2388 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2389 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2391 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2397 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2399 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2401 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2404 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2405 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2407 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2409 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2412 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2413 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2418 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2419 for this location's address. */
2420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2423 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2424 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2425 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2426 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2428 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2429 to send the commands to the target. */
2430 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2434 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2435 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2436 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2437 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2440 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2441 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2442 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2443 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2446 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2447 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2449 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2450 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2451 int *disabled_breaks
,
2452 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2453 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2455 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2456 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2457 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2459 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2462 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2464 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2465 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2466 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2467 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2468 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2469 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2470 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2471 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2472 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2473 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2475 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2476 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2477 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2478 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2480 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2482 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2483 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2484 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2485 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2488 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2489 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2491 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2493 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2494 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2495 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2497 Two important cases are:
2498 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2499 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2500 hardware breakpoint.
2501 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2502 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2503 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2506 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2507 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2508 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2509 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2511 struct mem_region
*mr
2512 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2516 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2518 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2520 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2521 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2523 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2525 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2527 static int said
= 0;
2529 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2532 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2533 _("Note: automatically using "
2534 "hardware breakpoints for "
2535 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2540 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2542 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2543 "at readonly address %s"),
2544 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2554 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2560 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2565 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2571 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2572 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2575 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2576 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2578 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2582 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2584 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2585 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2586 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2588 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2589 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2593 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2594 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2596 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2601 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2604 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2605 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2606 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2607 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2611 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2612 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2614 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2615 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2619 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2621 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2626 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2631 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2632 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2637 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2639 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2641 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2642 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2643 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2644 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2645 breakpoint insertion themselves (necessary if this is a
2646 HW breakpoint, but SW breakpoints likewise) can't tell
2647 why the breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote
2648 target doesn't define error codes), so we must treat
2649 generic errors as memory errors. */
2650 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2651 && solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2653 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2654 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2655 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2656 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2659 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2662 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2663 "library breakpoints:\n");
2665 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2666 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2667 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2672 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2674 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2675 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2677 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2678 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2679 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2680 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2684 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2687 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2688 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2689 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2694 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2699 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2700 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2715 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2716 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2717 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2718 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2722 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2723 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2725 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2727 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2728 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2729 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2731 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2733 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2734 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2736 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2738 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2739 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2743 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2744 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2751 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2752 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2755 /* Back to the original value. */
2756 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2760 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2763 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2767 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2768 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2770 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2773 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2777 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2778 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2780 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2783 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2785 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2786 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2787 so just return success. */
2794 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2795 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2799 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2801 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2802 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2804 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2805 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2807 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2808 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2811 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2812 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2815 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2817 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2819 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2820 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2821 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2823 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2824 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2826 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2832 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2833 removed locations above. */
2834 update_global_location_list (0);
2837 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2838 Throws exception on any error.
2839 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2840 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2842 insert_breakpoints (void)
2844 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2847 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2849 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2851 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2854 update_global_location_list (1);
2856 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2857 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2859 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2860 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2863 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2866 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2868 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2870 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2872 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2876 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2877 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2878 always-inserted mode. */
2881 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2883 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2886 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2887 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2888 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2890 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2891 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2893 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2894 there was an error. */
2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2897 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2901 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2903 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2906 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2907 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2908 deletion of breakpoints. */
2909 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2917 insert breakpoints. */
2918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2922 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2923 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2930 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2931 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2934 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2937 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2940 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2942 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2946 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2947 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2948 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2950 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2951 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2953 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2954 there was an error. */
2955 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2957 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2959 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2961 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2964 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2965 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2966 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2967 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2968 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2971 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2973 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2974 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2975 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2976 insert breakpoints. */
2977 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2978 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2981 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2982 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2987 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2988 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2991 int some_failed
= 0;
2992 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2994 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2997 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3000 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3003 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3004 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3011 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3013 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3015 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3016 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3017 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3025 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3026 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3027 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3029 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3030 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3031 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3033 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3034 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3037 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3040 /* Used when the program stops.
3041 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3042 removing a breakpoint location. */
3045 remove_breakpoints (void)
3047 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3052 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3053 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3058 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3062 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3064 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3068 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3070 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3072 printf_filtered (_("\
3073 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3074 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3076 /* Hide it from the user. */
3082 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3085 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3087 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3089 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3093 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3096 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3101 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3110 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3112 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3113 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3115 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3116 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3117 struct inferior
*inf
;
3118 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3120 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3124 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3125 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3127 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3129 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3130 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3134 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3140 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3143 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3148 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3152 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3154 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3155 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3156 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3157 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3158 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3159 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3161 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3164 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3167 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3168 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3172 static struct breakpoint
*
3173 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3174 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3175 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3177 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3180 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3183 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3184 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3186 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3187 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3188 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3193 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3195 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3197 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3199 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3200 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3202 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3203 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3205 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3206 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3208 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3209 int longjmp_searched
;
3211 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3212 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3214 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3215 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3217 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3218 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3220 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3221 int exception_searched
;
3223 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3224 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3227 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3229 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3230 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3232 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3235 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3237 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3240 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3241 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3243 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3244 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3246 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3248 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3249 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3251 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3252 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3254 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3255 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3257 return bp_objfile_data
;
3261 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3265 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3266 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3270 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3272 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3275 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3277 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3278 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3281 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3283 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3286 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3288 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3290 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3291 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3293 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3294 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3297 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3300 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3301 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3303 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3304 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3306 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3308 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3309 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3313 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3314 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3317 update_global_location_list (1);
3321 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3323 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3324 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3326 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3328 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3330 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3332 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3337 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3340 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3342 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3348 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3351 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3352 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3354 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3356 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3357 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3358 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3362 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3366 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3369 struct probe
*probe
;
3370 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3373 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3374 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3380 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3381 get_probe_address (probe
,
3384 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3385 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3386 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3392 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3395 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3397 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3398 const char *func_name
;
3401 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3404 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3405 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3407 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3409 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3410 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3412 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3413 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3416 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3419 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3420 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3421 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3422 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3423 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3427 update_global_location_list (1);
3429 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3432 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3434 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3436 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3437 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3438 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3440 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3442 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3444 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3447 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3449 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3452 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3454 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3456 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3459 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3461 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3463 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3464 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3465 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3467 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3468 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3471 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3474 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3475 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3476 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3477 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3478 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3479 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3483 update_global_location_list (1);
3485 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3488 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3491 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3493 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3494 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3496 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3499 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3500 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3503 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3505 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3506 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3510 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3514 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3515 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3517 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3519 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3520 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3521 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3525 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3526 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3529 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3533 struct probe
*probe
;
3536 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3537 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3543 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3544 get_probe_address (probe
,
3546 bp_exception_master
,
3547 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3548 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3549 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3555 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3557 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3560 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3562 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3564 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3566 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3567 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3569 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3573 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3576 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3577 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3579 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3580 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3581 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3582 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3585 update_global_location_list (1);
3589 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3591 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3592 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3594 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3595 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3596 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3597 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3598 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3599 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3600 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3601 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3603 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3604 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3608 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3611 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3612 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3614 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3618 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3619 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3621 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3625 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3626 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3627 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3628 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3629 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3635 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3636 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3642 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3644 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3645 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3646 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3654 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3655 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3656 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3657 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3661 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3662 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3663 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3664 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3665 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3666 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3668 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3669 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3670 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3671 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3672 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3673 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3674 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3676 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3677 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3678 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3679 let finish_command delete it.
3681 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3682 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3683 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3684 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3685 solib breakpoints.) */
3687 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3692 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3693 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3695 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3697 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3701 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3702 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3703 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3704 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3705 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3709 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3711 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3713 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3714 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3716 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3717 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3719 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3720 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3721 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3723 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3726 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3727 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3728 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3729 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3730 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3731 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3732 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3736 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3739 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3740 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3742 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3761 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3764 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3765 This should not ever happen. */
3766 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3768 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3769 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3771 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3772 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3773 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3775 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3776 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3777 || bl
->section
== NULL
3778 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3780 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3781 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3785 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3786 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3787 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3789 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3790 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3792 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3793 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3794 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3795 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3796 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3798 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3799 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3801 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3802 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3805 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3806 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3807 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3808 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3810 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3811 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3812 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3813 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3814 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3815 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3821 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3826 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3827 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3828 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3829 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3834 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3836 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3838 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3839 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3841 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3842 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3844 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3845 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3846 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3849 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3850 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3853 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3854 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3856 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3860 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3867 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3870 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3872 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3873 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3875 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3876 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3879 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3880 This should not ever happen. */
3881 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3883 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3885 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3887 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3889 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3893 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3896 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3898 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3901 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3905 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3906 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3908 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3911 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3912 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3913 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3918 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3920 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3921 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3923 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3925 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3927 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3932 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3933 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3934 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3940 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3946 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3948 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3949 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3952 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3954 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3956 case bp_shlib_event
:
3958 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3959 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3960 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3961 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3962 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3964 (gdb) file prog-linux
3965 (gdb) run # native linux target
3968 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3969 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3972 case bp_step_resume
:
3974 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3976 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3980 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3981 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3982 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3984 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3986 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3987 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3988 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3989 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3991 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3992 insert_breakpoints. */
3994 value_free (w
->val
);
4005 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4006 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4007 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4008 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4011 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4012 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4013 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4014 match, not program space. */
4016 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4017 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4018 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4019 permanent breakpoint.
4020 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4021 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4022 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4023 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4024 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4026 enum breakpoint_here
4027 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4029 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4030 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4034 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4035 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4038 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4039 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4040 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4041 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4047 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4048 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4050 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4054 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4057 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4060 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4062 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4065 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4066 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4072 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4073 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4074 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4075 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4078 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4081 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4083 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4085 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4086 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4090 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4092 if (overlay_debugging
4093 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4094 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4095 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4103 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4104 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4107 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4109 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4112 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4118 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4122 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4125 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4129 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4133 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4136 if (overlay_debugging
4137 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4138 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4139 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4145 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4146 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4153 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4154 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4156 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4160 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4162 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4163 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4166 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4169 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4170 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4174 /* Check for intersection. */
4175 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4176 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4184 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4185 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4188 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4191 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4192 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4196 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4198 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4199 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4202 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4203 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4204 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4207 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4210 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4212 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4213 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4214 it is now time to do so. */
4216 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4217 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4221 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4223 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4224 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4225 it is now time to do so. */
4227 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4228 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4232 if (overlay_debugging
4233 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4234 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4235 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4244 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4248 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4250 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4253 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4257 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4259 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4260 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4261 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4262 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4266 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4267 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4270 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4287 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4288 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4291 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4295 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4300 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4302 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4303 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4304 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4305 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4306 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4308 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4309 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4313 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4323 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4326 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4331 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4333 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4339 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4342 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4344 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4346 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4348 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4350 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4355 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4364 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4365 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4366 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4367 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4369 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4370 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4372 Return 1 otherwise. */
4375 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4377 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4380 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4382 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4383 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4384 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4385 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4386 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4388 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4390 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4394 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4397 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4399 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4402 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4405 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4409 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4411 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4413 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4415 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4421 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4424 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4426 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4428 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4430 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4431 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4432 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4433 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4434 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4438 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4441 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4444 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4446 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4449 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4450 or its equivalent. */
4453 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4455 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4456 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4459 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4460 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4461 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4462 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4464 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4465 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4466 bpstat of the current thread. */
4469 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4472 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4475 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4477 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4480 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4481 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4483 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4485 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4488 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4489 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4491 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4492 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4493 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4495 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4497 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4498 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4499 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4500 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4501 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4502 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4503 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4504 the tree when we're done. */
4505 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4506 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4507 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4508 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4509 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4511 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4517 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4519 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4525 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4526 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4528 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4530 if (target_can_async_p ())
4531 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4532 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4533 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4536 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4537 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4538 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4539 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4540 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4541 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4542 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4543 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4544 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4545 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4546 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4547 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4548 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4553 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4558 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4560 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4562 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4563 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4564 && target_has_execution
4565 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4566 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4567 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4568 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4569 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4570 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4571 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4574 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4577 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4580 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4583 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4586 struct value_print_options opts
;
4587 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4588 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4592 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4593 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4594 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4595 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4598 static enum print_stop_action
4599 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4601 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4604 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4605 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4609 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4610 relevant messages. */
4611 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4614 case print_it_normal
:
4616 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4618 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4619 which has since been deleted. */
4621 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4623 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4624 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4629 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4630 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4635 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4638 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4641 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4643 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4647 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4648 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4649 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4651 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4652 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4653 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4656 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4657 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4662 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4666 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4667 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4670 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4675 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4676 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4677 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4680 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4685 struct so_list
*iter
;
4687 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4689 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4690 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4693 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4698 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4699 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4700 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4703 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4707 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4708 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4709 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4710 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4711 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4712 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4713 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4716 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4717 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4718 code to print the location. An example is
4719 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4721 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4722 to also print the location part of the message.
4723 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4724 don't require a location appended to the end.
4725 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4726 further info to be printed. */
4728 enum print_stop_action
4729 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4733 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4734 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4735 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4736 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4737 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4739 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4740 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4741 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4742 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4746 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4747 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4748 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4749 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4751 print_solib_event (0);
4752 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4755 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4756 with and nothing was printed. */
4757 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4760 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4761 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4762 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4763 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4764 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4765 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4768 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4770 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4771 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4773 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4777 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4780 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4784 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4786 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4787 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4788 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4789 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4790 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4791 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4792 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4794 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4798 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4799 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4802 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4804 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4806 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4808 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4810 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4811 as not triggered. */
4813 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4815 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4817 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4823 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4825 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4826 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4828 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4830 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4832 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4838 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4839 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4845 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4846 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4848 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4849 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4851 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4853 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4854 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4856 if (newaddr
== start
)
4858 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4862 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4863 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4867 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4876 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4877 because of check_errors). */
4878 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4879 #define WP_DELETED 1
4880 /* The value has changed. */
4881 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4882 /* The value has not changed. */
4883 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4884 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4887 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4888 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4890 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4893 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4894 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4897 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4899 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4900 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4901 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4902 int within_current_scope
;
4904 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4905 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4906 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4908 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4909 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4910 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4911 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4914 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4915 within_current_scope
= 1;
4918 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4919 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4920 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4922 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4923 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4924 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4925 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4926 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4927 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4928 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4929 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4930 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4931 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4934 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4935 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4937 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4938 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4939 if (within_current_scope
)
4941 struct symbol
*function
;
4943 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4944 if (function
== NULL
4945 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4946 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4947 within_current_scope
= 0;
4950 if (within_current_scope
)
4951 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4952 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4957 if (within_current_scope
)
4959 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4960 time before we return to the command level and call
4961 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4962 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4966 struct value
*new_val
;
4968 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4969 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4970 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4971 a mask watchpoint. */
4972 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4974 mark
= value_mark ();
4975 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4977 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4978 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4979 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4980 not what we want. */
4981 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4982 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4984 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4986 release_value (new_val
);
4987 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4989 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4992 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4996 /* Nothing changed. */
4997 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4998 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5005 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5006 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5007 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5008 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5009 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5010 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5011 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5012 the first value assigned). */
5013 /* We print all the stop information in
5014 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5015 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5016 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5020 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5021 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5022 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5024 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5025 which its expression is valid.\n");
5027 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5028 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5029 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5035 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5036 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5037 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5040 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5041 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5042 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5044 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5046 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5047 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5049 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5052 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5053 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5056 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5058 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5059 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5061 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5062 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5063 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5064 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5065 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5068 int must_check_value
= 0;
5070 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5071 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5073 must_check_value
= 1;
5074 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5075 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5076 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5078 must_check_value
= 1;
5079 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5080 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5081 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5082 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5083 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5084 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5085 must_check_value
= 1;
5087 if (must_check_value
)
5090 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5092 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5093 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5095 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5099 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5100 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5104 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5107 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5108 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5110 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5112 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5113 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5114 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5115 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5116 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5117 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5118 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5121 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5122 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5125 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5126 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5127 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5128 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5130 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5131 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5132 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5135 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5136 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5137 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5138 changes. This still gives false positives when
5139 the program writes the same value to memory as
5140 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5141 it for a read), but it's much better than
5144 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5146 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5148 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5151 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5152 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5154 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5155 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5157 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5158 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5160 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5166 if (other_write_watchpoint
5167 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5169 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5170 and the value changed since the last time we
5171 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5173 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5178 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5179 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5180 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5182 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5183 the value hasn't changed. */
5184 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5192 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5193 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5194 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5195 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5196 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5200 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5202 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5203 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5204 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5205 anything for this watchpoint. */
5206 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5212 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5213 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5214 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5215 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5218 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5220 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5221 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5222 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5223 struct expression
*cond
;
5225 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5227 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5228 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5229 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5230 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5231 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5233 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5234 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5235 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5237 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5238 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5244 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5245 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5247 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5248 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5255 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5257 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5259 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5261 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5268 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5270 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5271 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5273 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5274 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5275 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5276 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5278 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5280 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5281 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5285 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5286 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5287 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5288 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5289 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5291 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5292 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5295 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5297 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5298 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5299 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5300 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5301 really matter which instantiation of the function
5302 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5303 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5304 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5305 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5306 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5307 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5308 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5309 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5311 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5313 select_frame (frame
);
5315 within_current_scope
= 0;
5317 if (within_current_scope
)
5319 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5320 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5324 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5325 "in the current scope"));
5326 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5327 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5330 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5331 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5334 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5338 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5342 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5344 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5349 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5350 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5352 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5353 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5356 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5358 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5360 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5361 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5362 several reasons concurrently.)
5364 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5365 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5368 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5369 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5370 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5372 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5373 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5374 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5375 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5376 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5377 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5380 int need_remove_insert
;
5383 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5384 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5385 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5386 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5387 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5388 inferior function calls. */
5392 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5395 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5397 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5398 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5399 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5400 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5401 checked all locations already. */
5402 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5405 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5408 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5411 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5414 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5417 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5418 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5419 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5423 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5424 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5425 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5427 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5431 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5436 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5438 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5440 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5441 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5444 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5448 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5449 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5450 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5452 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5454 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5456 handle_solib_event ();
5461 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5462 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5463 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5467 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5472 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5473 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5476 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5481 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5483 /* We will stop here. */
5484 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5486 --(b
->enable_count
);
5487 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5488 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5489 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5494 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5495 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5496 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5497 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5500 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5505 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5507 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5508 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5511 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5512 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5513 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5515 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5516 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5517 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5519 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5520 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5522 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5524 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5525 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5528 if (need_remove_insert
)
5529 update_global_location_list (1);
5530 else if (removed_any
)
5531 update_global_location_list (0);
5537 handle_jit_event (void)
5539 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5540 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5542 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5543 breakpoint_re_set. */
5544 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5546 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5547 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5549 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5551 target_terminal_inferior ();
5554 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5556 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5559 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5561 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5565 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5566 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5567 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5569 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5571 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5572 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5573 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5576 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5578 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5579 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5583 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5590 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5593 case bp_shlib_event
:
5597 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5605 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5606 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5607 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5613 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5617 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5618 This requires no further action. */
5622 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5624 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5625 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5627 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5628 case bp_exception_resume
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5630 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5632 case bp_step_resume
:
5634 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5637 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5638 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5641 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5643 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5646 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5651 case bp_thread_event
:
5652 case bp_overlay_event
:
5653 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5654 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5655 case bp_exception_master
:
5656 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5668 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5669 This requires no further action. */
5674 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5677 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5678 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5679 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5680 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5682 case bp_std_terminate
:
5683 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5684 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5685 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5686 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5689 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5690 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5691 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5692 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5694 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5695 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5697 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5698 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5701 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5702 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5703 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5704 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5709 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5715 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5716 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5719 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5722 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5723 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5728 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5730 handle_jit_event ();
5733 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5735 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5741 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5742 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5744 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5745 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5753 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5754 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5755 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5758 bpstat_should_step (void)
5760 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5763 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5769 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5771 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5780 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5781 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5782 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5785 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5787 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5788 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5792 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5794 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5796 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5797 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5798 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5803 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5809 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5810 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5812 "host": Host evals condition.
5813 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5814 "target": Target evals condition.
5818 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5820 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5821 char host_evals
= 0;
5822 char target_evals
= 0;
5827 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5830 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5831 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5832 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5834 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5836 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5842 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5843 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5844 else if (target_evals
)
5845 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5847 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5850 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5851 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5854 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5856 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5859 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5860 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5861 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5863 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5864 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5866 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5869 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5872 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5873 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5875 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5876 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5878 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5882 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5884 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5885 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5886 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5889 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5893 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5894 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5895 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5896 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5899 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5900 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5901 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5905 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5907 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5911 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5912 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5914 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5916 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5918 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5921 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5923 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5924 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5925 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5927 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5928 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5929 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5930 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5933 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5937 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5939 struct ep_type_description
5944 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5946 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5947 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5948 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5949 {bp_until
, "until"},
5950 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5951 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5952 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5953 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5954 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5955 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5956 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5957 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5958 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5959 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5960 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5961 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5962 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5963 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5964 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5965 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5966 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5967 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5968 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5969 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5970 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5971 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5972 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5973 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5974 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5975 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5976 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5977 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5978 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5981 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5982 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5983 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5984 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5987 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5990 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5991 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5994 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5995 const char *field_name
,
5999 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6000 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6004 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6005 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6006 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6009 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6011 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6017 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6018 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6023 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6027 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6031 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6034 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6037 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6038 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6040 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6043 struct command_line
*l
;
6044 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6046 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6047 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6048 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6049 struct value_print_options opts
;
6051 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6053 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6054 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6055 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6058 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6059 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6067 if (part_of_multiple
)
6070 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6076 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6081 if (part_of_multiple
)
6082 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6088 if (part_of_multiple
)
6089 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6096 if (part_of_multiple
)
6097 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6099 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6100 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6101 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6105 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6107 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6108 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6109 make sure there's just one location. */
6110 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6111 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6117 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6118 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6122 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6123 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6124 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6126 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6128 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6129 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6130 is relatively readable). */
6131 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6132 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6134 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6139 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6143 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6144 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6146 case bp_exception_resume
:
6147 case bp_step_resume
:
6148 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6149 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6151 case bp_std_terminate
:
6152 case bp_shlib_event
:
6153 case bp_thread_event
:
6154 case bp_overlay_event
:
6155 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6156 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6157 case bp_exception_master
:
6159 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6160 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6163 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6164 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6165 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6168 if (header_of_multiple
)
6169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6170 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6173 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6174 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6177 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6178 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6185 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6187 struct inferior
*inf
;
6188 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6193 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6194 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6197 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6198 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6200 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6201 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6202 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6203 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6204 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6205 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6207 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6208 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6211 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6213 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6215 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6216 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6217 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6218 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6220 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6222 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6223 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6229 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6230 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6232 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6235 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6236 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6238 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6239 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6240 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6243 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6246 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6252 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6253 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6254 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6255 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6256 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6258 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6260 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6261 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6263 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6266 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6268 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6269 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6270 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6274 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6278 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6279 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6281 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6282 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6285 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6286 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6287 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6288 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6290 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6294 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6295 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6296 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6300 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6303 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6304 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6305 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6308 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6309 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6310 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6311 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6314 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6315 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6316 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6317 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6318 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6320 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6321 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6322 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6325 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6327 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6329 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6331 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6332 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6333 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6337 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6338 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6340 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6343 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6344 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6345 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6348 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6350 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6352 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6354 annotate_field (10);
6355 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6356 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6357 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6360 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6362 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6364 annotate_field (11);
6366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6368 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6372 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6374 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6380 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6382 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6384 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6386 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6388 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6389 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6394 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6395 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6398 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6399 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6401 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6403 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6404 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6406 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6407 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6408 locations, if any. */
6409 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6411 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6412 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6413 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6416 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6417 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6419 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6420 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6422 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6425 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6427 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6428 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6429 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6430 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6437 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6439 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6440 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6442 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6446 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6447 an address to print. */
6448 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6451 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6452 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6453 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6456 return print_address_bits
;
6459 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6465 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6467 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6468 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6469 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6473 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6475 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6483 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6484 char **error_message
)
6486 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6489 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6491 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6492 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6498 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6499 internal or momentary. */
6502 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6504 return b
->number
> 0;
6507 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6508 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6509 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6510 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6511 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6512 breakpoints listed. */
6515 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6516 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6518 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6519 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6520 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6521 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6522 struct value_print_options opts
;
6523 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6524 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6525 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6527 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6529 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6530 required for address fields. */
6531 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6534 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6535 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6538 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6539 accept. Skip the others. */
6540 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6542 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6544 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6548 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6550 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6552 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6553 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6554 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6556 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6557 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6558 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6560 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6564 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6566 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6567 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6571 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6572 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6575 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6576 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6577 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6579 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6580 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6582 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6583 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6586 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6587 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6589 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6590 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6592 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6594 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6595 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6596 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6598 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6599 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6601 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6603 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6604 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6605 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6606 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6611 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6612 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6615 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6616 accept. Skip the others. */
6618 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6620 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6622 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6625 else /* all others */
6627 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6631 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6633 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6634 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6637 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6639 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6641 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6645 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6646 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6648 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6649 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6655 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6656 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6659 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6660 there have been breakpoints? */
6661 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6663 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6666 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6667 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6670 default_collect_info (void)
6672 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6674 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6675 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6677 if (!*default_collect
)
6680 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6683 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6684 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6688 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6690 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6692 default_collect_info ();
6696 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6698 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6701 if (num_printed
== 0)
6703 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6704 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6706 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6711 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6713 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6715 default_collect_info ();
6719 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6720 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6721 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6723 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6725 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6727 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6728 && bl
->address
== pc
6729 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6735 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6736 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6740 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6741 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6742 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6748 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6749 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6753 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6754 else /* if (others == ???) */
6755 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6757 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6760 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6761 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6762 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6763 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6764 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6765 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6766 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6767 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6769 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6773 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6775 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6776 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6777 printf_filtered (".\n");
6782 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6783 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6784 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6785 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6787 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6788 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6789 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6790 breakpoint at address zero:
6798 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6800 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6802 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6805 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6806 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6809 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6810 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6812 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6813 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6815 /* Both of them must exist. */
6816 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6817 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6819 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6820 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6821 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6822 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6823 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6824 other watchpoint. */
6826 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6828 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6831 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6833 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6837 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6838 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6839 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6840 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6841 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6842 become hw_access locations later. */
6843 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6844 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6845 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6846 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6849 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6852 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6853 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6855 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6856 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6860 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6861 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6862 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6863 space doesn't really matter. */
6866 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6867 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6870 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6871 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6872 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6875 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6876 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6877 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6878 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6881 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6882 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6885 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6888 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6889 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6893 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6894 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6895 true, otherwise returns false. */
6898 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6899 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6901 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6902 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6903 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6904 different locations. */
6905 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6910 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6911 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6912 represent the same location. */
6915 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6916 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6918 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6920 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6921 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6922 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6924 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6925 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6927 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6930 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6931 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6932 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6934 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6935 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6936 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6937 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6941 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6942 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6944 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6945 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6949 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6950 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6952 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6953 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6955 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6958 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6959 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6960 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6961 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6964 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6965 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6967 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6969 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6972 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6973 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6974 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6975 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6976 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6978 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6979 have their addresses modified. */
6984 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6986 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6987 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6988 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6990 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6991 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6993 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6994 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6996 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7001 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7002 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7004 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7006 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7011 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7012 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7015 switch (owner
->type
)
7021 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7022 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7024 case bp_exception_resume
:
7025 case bp_step_resume
:
7026 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7027 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7029 case bp_std_terminate
:
7030 case bp_shlib_event
:
7031 case bp_thread_event
:
7032 case bp_overlay_event
:
7034 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7035 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7036 case bp_exception_master
:
7037 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7038 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7040 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7041 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7043 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7044 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7045 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7047 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7048 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7049 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7050 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7055 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7056 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7057 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7060 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7066 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7068 static struct bp_location
*
7069 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7071 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7075 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7077 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7081 /* Increment reference count. */
7084 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7089 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7090 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7093 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7095 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7097 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7098 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7102 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7105 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7107 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7109 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7110 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7112 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7114 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7123 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7126 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7127 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7129 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7131 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7133 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7137 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7138 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7139 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7141 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7144 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7146 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7147 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7148 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7149 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7152 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7153 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7155 static struct breakpoint
*
7156 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7160 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7162 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7163 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7167 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7168 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7172 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7174 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7176 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7177 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7178 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7181 const char *function_name
;
7182 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7184 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7185 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7187 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7189 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7191 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7192 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7193 &loc
->requested_address
))
7195 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7196 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7197 loc
->requested_address
,
7200 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7201 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7203 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7204 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7205 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7206 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7208 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7213 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7217 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7219 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7222 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7224 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7229 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7230 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7231 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7233 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7234 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7235 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7238 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7239 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7240 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7242 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7244 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7246 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7247 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7249 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7250 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7252 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7253 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7256 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7257 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7258 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7259 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7260 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7261 is also returned as the value of this function.
7263 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7264 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7265 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7266 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7267 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7268 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7269 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7272 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7273 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7274 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7276 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7278 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7279 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7284 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7285 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7287 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7289 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7291 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7293 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7294 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7295 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7296 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7297 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7298 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7302 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7303 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7304 initiated the operation. */
7307 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7309 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7310 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7312 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7313 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7314 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7315 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7317 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7318 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7319 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7321 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7322 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7324 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7325 after their removal. */
7326 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7327 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7328 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7331 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7334 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7336 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7338 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7341 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7343 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7344 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7349 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7351 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7354 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7356 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7357 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7361 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7362 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7363 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7367 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7369 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7372 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7374 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7376 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7377 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7378 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7380 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7382 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7385 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7386 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7387 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7388 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7394 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7395 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7398 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7399 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7403 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7408 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7410 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7412 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7413 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7414 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7415 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7418 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7420 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7422 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7423 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7424 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7426 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7431 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7433 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7436 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7438 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7439 update_global_location_list (1);
7440 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7445 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7447 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7450 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7452 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7453 update_global_location_list (0);
7454 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7458 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7459 master breakpoint. */
7461 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7463 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7466 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7467 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7469 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7470 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7474 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7476 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7478 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7481 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7482 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7486 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7490 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7491 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7493 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7494 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7496 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7498 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7504 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7506 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7509 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7510 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7511 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7514 struct lang_and_radix
7520 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7523 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7525 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7527 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7528 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7529 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7533 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7536 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7538 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7541 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7542 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7543 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7547 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7549 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7551 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7552 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7553 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7554 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7558 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7563 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7568 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7569 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7572 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7574 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7576 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7578 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7579 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7581 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7582 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7583 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7584 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7585 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7586 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7587 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7588 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7589 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7590 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7591 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7592 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7595 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7600 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7601 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7602 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7605 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7607 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7608 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7610 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7611 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7612 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7613 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7614 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7615 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7620 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7621 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7623 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7624 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7625 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7626 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7627 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7628 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7629 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7630 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7631 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7633 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7634 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7635 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7636 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7639 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7640 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7642 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7644 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7645 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7646 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7649 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7654 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7655 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7656 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7659 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7663 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7666 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7667 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7668 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7669 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) && !(objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
))
7674 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7675 int bp_modified
= 0;
7677 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7680 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7682 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7684 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7685 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7688 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7691 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7694 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7695 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7698 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7700 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7703 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7710 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7714 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7716 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7717 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7718 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7719 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7720 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7722 struct fork_catchpoint
7724 /* The base class. */
7725 struct breakpoint base
;
7727 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7728 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7729 catchpoint has triggered. */
7730 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7733 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7737 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7739 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7742 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7746 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7748 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7751 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7755 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7756 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7757 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7759 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7761 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7764 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7768 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7771 static enum print_stop_action
7772 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7774 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7775 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7776 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7778 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7779 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7783 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7785 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7786 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7787 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7789 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7790 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7793 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7796 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7800 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7802 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7803 struct value_print_options opts
;
7804 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7806 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7808 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7809 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7811 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7812 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7815 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7817 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7818 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7819 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7820 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7824 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7827 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7831 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7833 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7836 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7840 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7843 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7846 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7848 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7850 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7854 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7856 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7859 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7863 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7865 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7868 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7872 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7873 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7874 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7876 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7878 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7881 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7885 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7888 static enum print_stop_action
7889 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7891 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7892 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7893 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7895 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7896 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7902 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7903 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7906 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7907 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7908 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7910 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7913 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7917 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7919 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7920 struct value_print_options opts
;
7921 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7923 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7924 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7925 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7927 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7928 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7930 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7931 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7933 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7934 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7935 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7936 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7939 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7940 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7943 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7947 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7949 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7956 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7959 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7962 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7964 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7966 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7967 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7968 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7969 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7970 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7972 struct solib_catchpoint
7974 /* The base class. */
7975 struct breakpoint base
;
7977 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7978 unsigned char is_load
;
7980 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7981 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7987 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7989 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7992 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7993 xfree (self
->regex
);
7995 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7999 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8005 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8011 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8012 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8014 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8016 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8017 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8019 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8024 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8026 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8029 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8032 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8035 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8037 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8046 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8048 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8049 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8054 struct so_list
*iter
;
8057 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8062 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8071 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8076 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8082 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8085 static enum print_stop_action
8086 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8088 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8089 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8091 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8092 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8096 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8098 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8099 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8100 print_solib_event (1);
8101 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8105 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8107 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8108 struct value_print_options opts
;
8109 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8112 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8113 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8114 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8116 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8119 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8126 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8128 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8133 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8135 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8137 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8140 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8142 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8146 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8148 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8150 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8151 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8155 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8157 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8159 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8160 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8161 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8163 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8164 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8167 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8169 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8170 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8171 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8172 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8173 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8174 created in an enabled state. */
8177 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8179 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8180 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8181 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8185 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8187 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8188 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8194 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8197 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8199 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8200 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8202 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8205 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8206 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8207 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8209 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8211 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8212 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8215 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8219 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8220 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8223 const int enabled
= 1;
8225 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8227 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8231 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8232 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8234 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8238 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8239 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8241 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8244 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8245 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8246 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8247 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8248 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8250 struct syscall_catchpoint
8252 /* The base class. */
8253 struct breakpoint base
;
8255 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8256 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8257 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8258 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8259 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8262 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8266 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8268 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8270 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8272 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8275 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8277 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8279 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8280 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8281 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8283 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8284 int any_syscall_count
;
8286 /* Count of each system call. */
8287 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8289 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8290 if any catching is necessary. */
8291 int total_syscalls_count
;
8294 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8295 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8297 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8299 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8300 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8302 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8303 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8310 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8316 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8320 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8322 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8323 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8324 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8325 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8327 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8328 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8329 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8335 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8340 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8342 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8343 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8344 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8346 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8347 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8348 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8350 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8351 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8353 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8354 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8358 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8359 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8360 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8362 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8364 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8367 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8371 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8373 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8374 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8375 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8376 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8378 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8379 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8380 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8386 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8390 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8391 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8393 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8394 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8398 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8399 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8400 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8402 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8404 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8407 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8411 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8412 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8413 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8415 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8416 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8417 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8418 int syscall_number
= 0;
8419 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8420 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8422 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8423 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8426 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8428 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8429 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8434 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8436 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8445 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8448 static enum print_stop_action
8449 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8451 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8452 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8453 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8454 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8455 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8456 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8458 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8461 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8463 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8465 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8467 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8471 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8473 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8474 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8475 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8476 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8477 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8479 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8481 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8482 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8484 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8486 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8487 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8489 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8493 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8496 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8500 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8501 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8503 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8504 struct value_print_options opts
;
8505 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8507 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8508 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8509 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8511 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8512 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8515 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8516 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8521 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8524 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8527 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8532 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8535 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8537 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8539 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8540 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8544 /* Remove the last comma. */
8545 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8556 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8560 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8562 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8564 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8568 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8569 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8571 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8574 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8578 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8581 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8583 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8585 printf_filtered (")");
8588 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8592 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8596 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8598 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8602 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8607 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8612 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8619 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8622 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8624 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8626 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8629 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8631 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8634 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8635 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8636 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8637 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8640 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8641 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8643 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8645 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8648 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8650 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8652 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8653 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8657 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8659 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8660 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8661 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8662 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8665 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8668 update_global_location_list (1);
8672 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8673 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8674 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8676 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8678 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8680 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8682 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8685 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8687 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8688 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8689 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8690 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8691 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8693 struct exec_catchpoint
8695 /* The base class. */
8696 struct breakpoint base
;
8698 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8699 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8701 char *exec_pathname
;
8704 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8708 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8710 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8712 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8714 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8718 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8720 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8724 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8726 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8730 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8731 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8732 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8734 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8736 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8739 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8743 static enum print_stop_action
8744 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8746 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8747 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8748 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8750 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8751 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8752 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8755 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8757 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8758 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8759 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8761 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8762 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8763 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8764 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8766 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8770 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8772 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8773 struct value_print_options opts
;
8774 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8776 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8778 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8779 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8780 is relatively readable). */
8781 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8782 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8784 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8785 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8787 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8788 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8789 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8792 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8793 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8797 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8799 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8802 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8806 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8809 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8812 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8815 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8816 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8818 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8819 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8821 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8822 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8823 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8825 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8829 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8832 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8833 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8837 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8838 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8840 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8842 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8849 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8853 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8856 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8858 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8861 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8863 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8865 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8871 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8872 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8873 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8874 types _not_ TYPE. */
8877 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8878 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8883 *other_type_used
= 0;
8888 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8891 if (b
->type
== type
)
8892 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8893 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8894 *other_type_used
= 1;
8901 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8907 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8909 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8910 update_global_location_list (0);
8916 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8918 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8922 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8924 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8925 update_global_location_list (1);
8931 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8933 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8934 update_global_location_list (0);
8938 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8940 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8941 breakpoint_re_set ();
8945 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8946 at address specified by SAL.
8947 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8950 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8951 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8953 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8955 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8957 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8959 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8960 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8961 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8962 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8964 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8965 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8967 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8968 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8970 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8975 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8976 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8979 static struct breakpoint
*
8980 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8982 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8984 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8986 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8987 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8988 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8990 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8991 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8992 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8993 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8994 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8995 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8996 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8997 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8998 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8999 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9000 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9002 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9003 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9004 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9006 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9010 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9014 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9016 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9020 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
9024 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9027 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9029 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9031 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9032 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9034 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9038 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9041 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9043 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9044 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9046 printf_filtered ("\n");
9050 static struct bp_location
*
9051 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9052 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9054 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9055 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9056 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9058 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9059 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9061 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9062 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9063 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9064 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9065 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9066 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9067 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9070 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9071 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9072 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9073 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9078 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9079 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9080 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9081 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9082 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9083 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9084 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9085 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9086 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9087 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9089 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9090 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9095 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9096 return 0 otherwise. */
9099 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9103 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9104 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9105 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9108 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9110 addr
= loc
->address
;
9111 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9113 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9117 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9119 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9120 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9121 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9122 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9124 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9125 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9127 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9128 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9131 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9136 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9137 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9140 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9142 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9143 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9148 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9150 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9152 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9154 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9156 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9157 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9159 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9160 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9161 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9163 if (!dprintf_function
)
9164 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9166 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9167 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9172 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9176 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9178 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9179 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9182 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9183 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9187 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9188 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9190 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9191 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9193 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9194 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9196 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9197 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9198 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9199 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9200 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9201 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9203 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9207 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9208 current style settings. */
9211 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9212 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9214 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9218 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9219 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9223 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9224 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9225 as condition expression. */
9228 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9229 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9230 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9232 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9233 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9234 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9235 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9236 int display_canonical
)
9240 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9242 int target_resources_ok
;
9244 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9245 target_resources_ok
=
9246 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9248 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9249 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9250 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9251 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9254 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9256 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9258 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9259 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9263 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9265 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9267 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9268 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9273 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9277 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9278 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9279 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9280 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9281 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9283 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9284 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9286 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9288 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9289 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9291 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9293 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9294 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9295 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9299 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9301 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9303 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9304 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9306 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9308 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9310 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9312 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9313 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9315 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9317 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9320 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9321 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9328 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9329 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9333 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9334 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9338 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9340 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9341 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9343 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9346 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9347 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9348 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9350 if (b
->extra_string
)
9351 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9353 error (_("Format string required"));
9355 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9356 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9359 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9361 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9363 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9366 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9371 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9372 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9373 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9375 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9376 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9377 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9378 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9379 int display_canonical
)
9381 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9382 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9384 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9386 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9388 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9392 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9394 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9396 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9398 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9400 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9402 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9404 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9406 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9409 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9410 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9411 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9412 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9413 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9414 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9415 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9416 we take just a single condition string.
9418 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9419 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9420 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9421 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9422 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9425 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9426 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9427 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9428 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9429 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9430 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9431 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9434 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9436 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9437 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9439 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9441 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9442 'break', without arguments. */
9443 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9444 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9446 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9447 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9449 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9450 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9453 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9455 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9456 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9457 canonical
->special_display
);
9458 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9462 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9463 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9464 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9465 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9467 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9468 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9471 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9472 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9474 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9476 if ((*address
) == NULL
9477 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9479 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9481 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9483 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9484 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9487 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9488 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9489 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9491 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9492 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9493 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9494 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9495 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9496 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9498 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9500 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9501 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9502 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9503 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9504 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9506 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9508 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9509 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9510 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9512 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9515 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9519 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9521 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9522 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9523 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9524 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9526 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9527 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9528 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9530 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9531 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9532 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9533 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9534 get_last_displayed_line (),
9535 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9537 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9538 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9543 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9544 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9547 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9551 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9552 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9555 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9556 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9557 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9558 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9559 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9563 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9564 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9567 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9569 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9571 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9573 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9575 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9577 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9578 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9579 associated with SAL. */
9582 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9584 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9587 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9588 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9590 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9594 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9596 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9597 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9599 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9602 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9603 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9604 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9605 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9606 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9607 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9610 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9611 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9614 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9621 const char *end_tok
;
9623 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9624 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9626 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9628 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9630 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9634 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9636 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9638 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9640 struct expression
*expr
;
9642 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9643 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9646 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9648 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9653 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9655 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9656 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9657 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9660 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9665 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9667 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9668 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9669 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9674 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9678 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9682 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9684 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9685 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9687 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9688 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9689 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9690 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9695 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9697 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9699 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9700 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9702 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9703 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9704 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9706 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9707 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9709 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9711 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9713 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9715 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9717 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9718 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9720 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9723 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9729 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9730 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9731 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9732 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9733 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9734 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9735 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9736 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9737 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9738 was created; false otherwise. */
9741 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9742 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9743 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9745 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9747 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9748 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9749 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9752 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9753 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9754 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9755 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9756 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9757 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9760 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9762 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9764 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9766 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9768 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9769 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9772 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9776 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9782 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9784 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9787 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9788 throw_exception (e
);
9790 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9792 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9793 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9794 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9795 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9796 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9799 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9800 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9801 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9802 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9804 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9806 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9807 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9808 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9809 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9810 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9812 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9816 throw_exception (e
);
9820 throw_exception (e
);
9823 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9824 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9826 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9827 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9828 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9829 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9830 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9832 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9833 are ok for the target. */
9837 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9839 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9840 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9843 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9844 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9847 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9849 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9850 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9853 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9854 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9861 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9863 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9865 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9866 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9867 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9868 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9870 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9871 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9873 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9875 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9877 extra_string
= rest
;
9882 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9884 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9887 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9888 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9890 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9893 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9894 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9898 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9899 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9900 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9901 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9902 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9906 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9908 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9910 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9912 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9914 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9918 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9920 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9922 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9924 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9927 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9930 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9931 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9933 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9935 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9936 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9937 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9938 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9939 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9940 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9941 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9942 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9944 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9947 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9949 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9950 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9951 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9954 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9956 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9957 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9958 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9960 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9961 update_global_location_list (1);
9966 /* Set a breakpoint.
9967 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9968 condition, and thread.
9969 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9970 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9974 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9976 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9977 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9978 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9980 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9981 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9983 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9984 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9985 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9987 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9989 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9991 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9992 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9993 0 /* Ignore count */,
9994 pending_break_support
,
10002 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10005 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10009 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10011 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10012 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10013 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10016 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10017 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10018 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10019 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10022 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10024 struct blockvector
*bv
;
10026 struct symbol
*sym
;
10028 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10031 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10034 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10035 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10039 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10040 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10041 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10042 happen in assembly source). */
10044 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10045 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10049 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10051 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10060 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10062 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10066 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10068 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10072 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10074 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10078 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10080 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10084 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10086 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10087 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10088 stop at <line>\n"));
10092 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10096 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10098 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10100 char *argptr
= arg
;
10103 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10104 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10105 function/method name. */
10106 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10108 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10113 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10115 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10119 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10121 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10125 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10129 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10133 char *argptr
= arg
;
10136 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10137 it is probably a line number. */
10138 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10140 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10145 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10147 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10151 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10153 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10156 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10157 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10158 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10162 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10164 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10166 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10168 0 /* Ignore count */,
10169 pending_break_support
,
10170 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10178 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10180 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10183 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10184 ranged breakpoints. */
10187 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10188 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10190 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10192 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10193 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10196 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10197 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10200 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10201 ranged breakpoints. */
10204 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10206 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10209 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10210 ranged breakpoints. */
10212 static enum print_stop_action
10213 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10215 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10216 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10217 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10219 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10221 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10222 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10224 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10225 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10226 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10228 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10229 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10231 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10232 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10233 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10235 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10236 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10238 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10241 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10242 ranged breakpoints. */
10245 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10246 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10248 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10249 struct value_print_options opts
;
10250 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10252 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10253 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10255 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10257 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10258 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10259 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10260 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10261 annotate_field (5);
10262 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10266 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10267 ranged breakpoints. */
10270 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10271 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10273 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10274 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10275 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10276 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10280 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10281 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10283 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10284 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10285 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10286 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10287 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10288 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10290 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10293 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 ranged breakpoints. */
10297 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10299 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10300 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10303 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10305 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10308 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10309 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10310 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10313 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10314 ranged breakpoints. */
10317 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10319 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10320 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10321 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10326 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10328 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10329 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10330 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10331 last instruction of the given line. */
10334 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10338 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10339 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10340 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10347 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10349 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10351 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10358 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10361 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10363 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10364 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10365 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10368 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10369 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10370 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10372 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10373 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10374 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10376 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10377 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10378 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10380 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10381 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10383 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10384 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10385 error(_("No address range specified."));
10387 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10390 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10392 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10395 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10396 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10397 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10399 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10401 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10402 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10403 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10405 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10406 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10407 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10409 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10410 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10412 /* Parse the end location. */
10414 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10417 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10418 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10419 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10420 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10421 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10422 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10423 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10424 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10426 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10428 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10429 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10431 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10432 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10433 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10434 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10436 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10437 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10438 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10440 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10441 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10442 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10444 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10446 /* Length overflowed. */
10447 error (_("Address range too large."));
10448 else if (length
== 1)
10450 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10451 the `hbreak' command. */
10452 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10454 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10459 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10460 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10461 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10462 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10463 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10464 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10465 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10466 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10467 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10469 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10472 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10473 update_global_location_list (1);
10476 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10477 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10478 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10482 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10484 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10490 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10491 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10494 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10504 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10505 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10506 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10507 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10508 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10510 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10539 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10542 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10543 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10548 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10549 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10550 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10551 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10552 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10553 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10554 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10556 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10557 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10562 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10564 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10565 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10566 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10567 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10569 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10570 are always constant. */
10572 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10574 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10575 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10576 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10581 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10582 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10583 then it is not a constant. */
10592 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10595 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10597 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10599 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10601 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10602 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10603 value_free (w
->val
);
10605 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10608 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10611 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10613 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10615 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10616 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10618 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10619 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10620 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10621 are loaded and unloaded.
10623 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10624 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10625 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10626 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10627 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10628 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10630 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10631 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10632 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10633 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10635 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10636 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10638 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10639 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10640 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10643 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10646 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10648 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10649 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10651 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10655 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10658 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10660 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10661 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10663 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10668 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10669 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10670 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10672 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10673 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10675 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10676 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10677 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10678 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10679 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10680 (did not match the data address). */
10681 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10682 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10689 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10691 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10693 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10696 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 hardware watchpoints. */
10700 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10702 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10703 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10705 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10708 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10709 hardware watchpoints. */
10712 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10714 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10715 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10718 static enum print_stop_action
10719 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10721 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10723 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10724 enum print_stop_action result
;
10725 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10726 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10728 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10730 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10731 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10733 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10734 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10738 case bp_watchpoint
:
10739 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10740 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10741 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10742 ui_out_field_string
10744 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10746 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10747 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10748 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10749 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10750 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10751 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10752 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10754 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10755 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10758 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10759 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10760 ui_out_field_string
10762 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10764 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10765 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10766 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10767 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10768 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10769 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10772 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10773 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10775 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10776 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10777 ui_out_field_string
10779 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10781 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10783 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10784 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10791 ui_out_field_string
10793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10794 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10797 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10798 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10799 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10800 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10803 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10806 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10810 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10814 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10816 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10817 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10818 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10822 case bp_watchpoint
:
10823 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10824 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10826 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10827 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10828 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10830 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10832 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10834 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10835 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10836 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10839 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10840 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10843 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10844 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10846 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10849 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10853 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10855 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10859 case bp_watchpoint
:
10860 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10863 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10866 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10870 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10871 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10874 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10875 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10878 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10882 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10884 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10885 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10886 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10892 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10894 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10896 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10900 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10902 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10904 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10905 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10908 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10909 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10912 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10914 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10916 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10917 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10920 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10921 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10924 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10928 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10931 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10935 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10940 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10941 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10943 static enum print_stop_action
10944 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10946 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10947 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10949 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10950 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10954 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10955 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10956 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10957 ui_out_field_string
10959 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10962 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10963 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10964 ui_out_field_string
10966 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10969 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10971 ui_out_field_string
10973 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10976 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10977 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10981 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10982 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10983 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10984 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10986 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10987 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10990 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10991 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10994 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10995 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10997 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10999 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11000 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11003 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11007 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11008 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11011 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11014 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11015 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11019 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11021 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11023 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11025 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11027 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11029 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11032 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11033 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11036 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11037 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11038 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11039 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11042 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11043 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11046 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11048 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11053 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11056 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11057 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11059 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11060 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11063 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11064 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11067 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11069 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11072 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11074 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11076 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11079 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11081 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11084 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11085 hw_read: watch read,
11086 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11088 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11089 int just_location
, int internal
)
11091 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11092 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11093 struct expression
*exp
;
11094 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11095 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11096 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11097 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11098 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11099 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11101 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11102 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11103 enum bptype bp_type
;
11106 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11107 the hardware watchpoint. */
11109 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11110 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11112 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11114 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11115 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11117 const char *value_start
;
11119 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11121 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11122 of the arguments string. */
11123 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11125 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11126 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11129 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11130 This is the value of the parameter. */
11131 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11133 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11135 /* Skip whitespace. */
11136 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11141 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11142 This is the parameter itself. */
11143 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11146 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11148 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11150 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11151 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11152 only in a specific thread. */
11156 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11158 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11159 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11161 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11163 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11164 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11166 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11167 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11168 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11170 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11172 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11173 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11175 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11178 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11180 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11182 mark
= value_mark ();
11183 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11184 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11185 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11188 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11191 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11192 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11199 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11200 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11202 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11203 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11204 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11205 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11206 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11208 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11209 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11211 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11214 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11215 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11219 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11220 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11222 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11225 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11226 mark
= value_mark ();
11227 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11233 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11234 val
= value_addr (result
);
11235 release_value (val
);
11236 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11240 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11243 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11244 else if (ret
== -2)
11245 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11248 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11249 release_value (val
);
11251 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11252 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11254 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11255 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11257 struct expression
*cond
;
11259 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11260 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11261 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11263 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11264 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11265 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11271 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11273 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11275 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11276 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11277 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11278 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11279 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11281 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11284 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11285 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11286 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11287 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11289 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11291 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11292 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11294 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11295 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11297 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11298 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11299 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11300 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11301 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11302 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11303 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11304 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11305 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11309 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11310 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11311 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11312 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11314 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11315 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11316 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11317 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11319 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11321 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11324 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11325 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11327 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11328 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11329 b
->thread
= thread
;
11330 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11331 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11333 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11334 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11337 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11338 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11341 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11342 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11344 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11345 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11348 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11349 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11351 /* The above expression is in C. */
11352 b
->language
= language_c
;
11355 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11359 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11368 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11370 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11374 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11375 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11379 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11380 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11383 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11385 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11386 need to act on them together. */
11387 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11388 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11391 if (!just_location
)
11392 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11394 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11396 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11397 that should be inserted. */
11398 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11402 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11403 throw_exception (e
);
11406 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11407 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11410 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11411 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11414 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11416 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11417 struct value
*head
= v
;
11419 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11420 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11423 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11424 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11425 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11426 hardware watchpoint.
11428 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11429 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11430 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11431 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11432 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11433 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11434 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11435 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11436 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11438 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11439 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11440 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11441 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11442 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11444 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11446 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11447 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11448 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11449 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11450 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11451 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11455 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11456 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11457 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11459 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11460 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11461 middle of some value chain. */
11463 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11464 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11466 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11470 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11471 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11472 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11474 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11478 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11482 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11483 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11484 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11485 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11486 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11489 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11490 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11491 return found_memory_cnt
;
11495 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11497 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11500 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11501 calls watch_command_1. */
11504 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11506 int just_location
= 0;
11509 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11510 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11512 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11516 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11520 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11522 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11526 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11528 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11532 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11534 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11538 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11540 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11544 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11546 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11550 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11551 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11553 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11555 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11556 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11560 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11561 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11562 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11565 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11567 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11569 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11570 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11571 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11572 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11576 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11578 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11579 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11580 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11581 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11582 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11583 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11584 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11585 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11586 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11588 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11590 clear_proceed_status ();
11592 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11595 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11596 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11597 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11598 get_last_displayed_line ());
11600 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11601 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11603 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11604 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11606 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11607 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11610 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11612 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11614 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11617 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11619 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11620 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11621 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11624 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11625 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11626 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11627 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11629 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11632 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11634 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11636 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11637 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11638 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11642 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11644 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11645 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11648 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11652 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11653 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11654 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11655 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11657 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11658 only at the very same frame. */
11659 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11660 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11661 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11663 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11665 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11666 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11667 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11668 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11670 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11672 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11673 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11675 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11676 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11677 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11679 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11680 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11681 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11685 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11688 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11689 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11691 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11692 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11693 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11694 if clause in the arg string. */
11697 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11701 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11704 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11707 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11708 condition string. */
11709 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11710 cond_string
= *arg
;
11712 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11714 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11716 return cond_string
;
11719 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11720 process start/exit, etc. */
11724 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11725 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11730 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11731 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11733 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11734 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11735 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11738 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11739 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11740 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11744 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11746 /* The allowed syntax is:
11748 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11750 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11751 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11753 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11754 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11756 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11757 and enable reporting of such events. */
11760 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11761 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11762 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11763 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11765 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11766 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11767 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11768 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11771 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11777 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11778 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11780 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11781 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11783 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11785 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11789 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11791 /* The allowed syntax is:
11793 catch exec if <cond>
11795 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11796 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11798 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11799 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11801 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11802 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11803 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11804 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11806 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11810 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11811 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11812 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11814 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11821 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11823 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11825 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11826 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11827 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11828 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11829 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11830 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11831 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11832 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11833 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11834 enough for now, though. */
11837 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11839 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11840 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11841 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11842 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11845 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11846 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11848 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11850 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11851 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11853 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11855 int i
, syscall_number
;
11857 char cur_name
[128];
11860 /* Skip whitespace. */
11861 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11863 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11864 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11865 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11868 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11869 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11870 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11871 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11874 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11876 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11878 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11879 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11880 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11881 syscall number to be caught. */
11882 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11885 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11886 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11889 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11893 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11896 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11897 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11902 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11904 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11905 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11906 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11907 this architecture yet."));
11909 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11911 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11913 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11914 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11915 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11916 for his/her architecture. */
11917 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11919 /* The allowed syntax is:
11921 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11923 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11926 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11930 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11931 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11935 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11937 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11942 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11944 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11947 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11950 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11952 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11953 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11954 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11955 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11957 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11959 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11962 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11966 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11969 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11972 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11974 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11975 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11978 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11979 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11981 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11985 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11986 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11987 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11988 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11993 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11994 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11995 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11996 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11998 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11999 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12000 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12001 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12002 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12003 error (_("No source file specified."));
12005 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12011 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12012 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12013 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12014 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12016 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12017 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12018 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12019 due to optimization, all in one block.
12021 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12022 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12023 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12024 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12025 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12026 to support that. */
12028 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12029 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12030 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12034 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12035 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12037 const char *sal_fullname
;
12039 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12040 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12041 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12044 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12049 1 0 <can't happen> */
12051 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12052 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12053 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12055 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12059 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12060 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12062 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12063 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12065 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12066 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12067 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12069 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12070 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12071 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12072 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12073 int line_match
= 0;
12075 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12076 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12077 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12078 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12079 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12080 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12081 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12084 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12093 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12097 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12098 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12101 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12103 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12106 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12107 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12108 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12109 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12110 compare_breakpoints
);
12111 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12112 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12116 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12121 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12122 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12125 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12126 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12128 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12131 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12134 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12135 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12138 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12140 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12143 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12144 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12145 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12148 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12150 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12152 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12153 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12154 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12156 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12160 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12161 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12165 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12166 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12167 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12168 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12169 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12170 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12173 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12175 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12176 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12177 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12178 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12179 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12181 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12182 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12184 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12185 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12188 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12189 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12190 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12192 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12193 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12194 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12196 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12197 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12198 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12200 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12201 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12202 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12204 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12207 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12208 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12209 content of the bp_location array. */
12212 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12216 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12217 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12219 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12221 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12223 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12226 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12227 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12229 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12230 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12231 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12232 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12234 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12236 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12237 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12238 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12239 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12243 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12246 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12249 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12251 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12254 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12256 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12258 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12259 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12260 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12262 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12263 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12264 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12267 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12269 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12270 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12271 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12272 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12275 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12277 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12280 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12282 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12283 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12284 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12288 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12291 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12294 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12296 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12297 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12298 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12299 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12301 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12302 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12303 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12304 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12305 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12307 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12308 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12309 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12310 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12311 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12312 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12313 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12314 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12317 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12318 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12319 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12323 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12325 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12327 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12330 address
= bl
->address
;
12331 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12333 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12334 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12335 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12337 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12338 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12341 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12342 the same program space as the location
12343 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12344 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12349 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12350 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12353 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12354 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12355 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12356 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12357 that have already been marked. */
12358 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12360 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12362 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12364 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12365 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12370 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12371 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12372 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12373 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12374 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12375 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12376 returns true on them.
12378 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12379 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12380 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12381 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12382 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12383 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12386 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12389 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12390 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12391 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12392 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12393 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12394 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12396 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12397 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12398 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12399 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12400 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12402 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12403 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12404 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12405 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12407 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12408 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12409 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12410 unsigned old_location_count
;
12412 old_location
= bp_location
;
12413 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12414 bp_location
= NULL
;
12415 bp_location_count
= 0;
12416 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12419 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12420 bp_location_count
++;
12422 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12423 locp
= bp_location
;
12424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12425 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12427 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12428 bp_location_compare
);
12430 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12432 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12433 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12434 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12435 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12436 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12439 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12440 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12442 locp
= bp_location
;
12443 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12446 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12447 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12449 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12450 not, we have to free it. */
12451 int found_object
= 0;
12452 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12453 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12456 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12457 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12458 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12459 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12463 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12464 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12467 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12468 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12469 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12471 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12472 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12473 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12475 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12476 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12479 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12483 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12484 have to go through updates again. */
12485 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12487 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12489 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12491 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12492 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12493 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12494 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12495 at certain location is not inserted. */
12497 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12499 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12502 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12504 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12505 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12506 keep_in_target
= 1;
12510 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12511 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12512 remove its target-side condition. */
12514 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12515 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12516 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12517 this one from the target. */
12519 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12520 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12523 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12524 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12527 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12529 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12531 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12532 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12533 supported, but the latter are. */
12534 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12536 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12537 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12540 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12541 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12543 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12544 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12546 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12547 keep_in_target
= 1;
12555 if (!keep_in_target
)
12557 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12559 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12560 this location on the global list, and try to
12561 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12562 reason why we will succeed next time.
12564 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12565 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12566 only after calling us. */
12567 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12568 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12569 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12577 if (removed
&& non_stop
12578 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12579 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12581 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12582 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12583 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12584 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12585 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12586 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12587 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12588 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12589 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12590 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12591 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12592 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12593 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12594 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12597 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12598 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12600 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12601 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12602 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12603 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12604 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12605 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12606 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12607 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12608 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12609 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12610 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12611 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12612 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12615 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12616 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12617 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12618 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12620 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12621 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12622 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12623 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12624 traps we can no longer explain. */
12626 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12627 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12629 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12633 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12634 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12639 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12640 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12641 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12642 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12643 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12644 are sorted first for the same address.
12646 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12647 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12649 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12650 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12651 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12652 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12653 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12655 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12657 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12660 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12661 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12662 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12663 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12664 `struct bp_location'. */
12665 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12667 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12668 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12672 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12673 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12674 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12675 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12676 "actually inserted"));
12678 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12679 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12680 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12681 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12682 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12683 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12685 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12687 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12688 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12689 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12691 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12692 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12694 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12696 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12697 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12698 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12704 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12705 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12706 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12708 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12709 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12711 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12712 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12714 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12715 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12716 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12717 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12718 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12721 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12722 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12723 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12726 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12729 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12730 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12731 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12733 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12738 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12740 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12744 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12749 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12750 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12752 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12753 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12759 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12761 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12763 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12764 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12767 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12770 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12774 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12775 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12777 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12778 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12779 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12783 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12785 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12787 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12789 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12793 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12797 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12799 struct value_print_options opts
;
12801 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12803 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12805 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12807 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12811 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12813 printf_filtered (" at ");
12814 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12817 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12819 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12821 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12822 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12823 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12824 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12826 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12827 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12828 real situation somewhat. */
12829 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12834 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12836 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12838 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12843 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12846 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12848 xfree (self
->cond
);
12849 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12850 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12851 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12853 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12854 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12857 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12862 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12866 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12868 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12869 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12870 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12871 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12872 xfree (self
->filter
);
12873 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12876 static struct bp_location
*
12877 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12879 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12881 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12882 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12887 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12889 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12892 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12893 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12896 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12898 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12902 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12904 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12908 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12909 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12911 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12917 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12922 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12926 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12928 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12931 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12935 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12937 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12940 static enum print_stop_action
12941 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12943 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12947 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12948 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12954 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12956 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12960 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12962 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12966 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12967 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12968 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12972 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12976 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12977 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12979 char *extra_string
,
12980 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12981 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12983 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12984 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12985 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12986 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12988 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12992 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12993 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12995 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12998 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13001 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13006 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13009 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13011 /* Nothing to do. */
13014 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13016 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13017 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13018 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13019 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13020 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13021 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13022 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13023 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13024 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13025 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13027 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13028 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13029 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13030 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13031 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13032 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13033 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13034 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13037 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13040 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13042 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13043 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13045 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13046 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13050 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13054 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13056 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13057 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13060 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13065 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13067 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13068 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13070 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13074 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13075 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13076 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13078 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13079 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13082 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13086 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13087 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13088 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13095 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13097 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13102 static enum print_stop_action
13103 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13105 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13106 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13108 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13110 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13112 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13113 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13115 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13116 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13117 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13120 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13122 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13127 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13128 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13129 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13131 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13132 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13134 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13138 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13140 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13145 case bp_breakpoint
:
13146 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13147 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13148 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13150 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13151 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13152 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13153 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13155 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13156 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13159 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13167 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13169 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13170 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13171 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13173 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13174 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13175 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13176 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13179 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13180 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13182 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13183 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13187 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13188 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13189 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13190 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13192 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13193 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13197 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13198 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13200 char *extra_string
,
13201 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13202 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13204 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13205 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13206 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13207 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13209 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13210 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13212 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13213 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13214 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13218 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13219 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13221 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13224 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13227 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13231 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13232 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13233 case bp_overlay_event
:
13234 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13235 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13236 case bp_exception_master
:
13237 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13240 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13241 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13242 case bp_shlib_event
:
13244 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13245 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13246 case bp_thread_event
:
13252 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13254 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13256 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13257 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13258 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13259 objects (among other things). */
13260 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13261 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13267 static enum print_stop_action
13268 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13272 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13276 case bp_shlib_event
:
13277 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13278 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13279 to shlib event" message.) */
13280 print_solib_event (0);
13283 case bp_thread_event
:
13284 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13285 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13286 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13289 case bp_overlay_event
:
13290 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13291 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13294 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13295 /* These should never be enabled. */
13296 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13299 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13300 /* These should never be enabled. */
13301 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13302 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13305 case bp_exception_master
:
13306 /* These should never be enabled. */
13307 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13308 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13312 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13316 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13318 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13321 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13324 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13326 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13327 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13328 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13329 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13333 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13335 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13338 static enum print_stop_action
13339 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13341 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13343 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13345 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13350 ui_out_field_string
13352 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13356 ui_out_field_string
13358 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13363 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13367 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13369 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13372 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13374 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13375 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13378 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13380 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13383 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13385 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13388 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13391 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13393 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13397 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13399 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13408 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13410 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13411 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13415 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13419 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13420 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13421 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13422 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13424 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13426 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13428 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13429 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13431 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13435 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13436 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13438 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13440 error (_("probe not found"));
13443 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13446 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13448 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13452 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13453 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13454 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13456 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13462 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13463 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13465 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13466 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13468 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13471 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13472 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13478 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13485 case bp_tracepoint
:
13486 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13487 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13489 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13490 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13491 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13493 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13494 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13495 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13498 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13499 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13506 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13508 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13510 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13512 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13514 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13517 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13518 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13521 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13523 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13528 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13529 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13530 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13531 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13533 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13534 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13538 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13539 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13541 char *extra_string
,
13542 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13543 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13545 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13546 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13547 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13548 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13550 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13551 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13553 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13554 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13555 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13559 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13560 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13562 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13565 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13567 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13571 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13572 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13573 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13574 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13576 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13577 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13578 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13582 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13583 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13585 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13586 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13589 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13591 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13594 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13596 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13598 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13599 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13600 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13601 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13603 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13604 error (_("Format string required"));
13606 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13607 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13608 3 - disconnect from target 1
13609 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13611 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13612 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13613 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13614 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13615 it all the time. */
13616 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13617 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13620 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13623 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13627 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13630 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13633 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13634 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13635 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13636 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13637 address are all handled. */
13640 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13642 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13643 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13644 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13646 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13647 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13648 condition not be evaluated. */
13651 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13652 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13653 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13654 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13655 commands here throws. */
13656 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13657 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13658 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13660 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13662 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13663 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13665 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13668 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13672 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13673 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13674 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13675 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13677 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13679 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13681 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13683 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13684 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13685 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13689 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13690 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13692 char *extra_string
,
13693 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13694 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13696 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13697 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13698 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13699 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13702 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13703 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13705 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13706 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13707 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13708 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13709 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13710 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13712 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13714 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13715 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13716 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13719 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13720 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13722 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13723 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13725 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13726 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13728 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13729 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13730 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13731 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13732 canonical
->special_display
);
13733 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13734 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13735 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13736 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13737 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13738 corresponds to this one */
13739 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13741 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13743 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13748 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13749 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13751 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13753 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13754 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13756 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13760 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13763 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13766 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13768 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13771 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13775 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13779 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13781 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13782 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13785 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13786 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13787 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13788 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13789 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13792 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13793 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13794 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13795 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13797 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13800 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13801 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13802 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13804 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13805 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13807 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13808 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13809 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13810 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13814 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13816 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13817 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13818 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13819 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13820 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13823 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13824 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13825 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13826 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13828 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13830 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13831 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13834 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13836 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13840 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13842 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13843 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13844 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13845 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13846 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13847 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13848 commands won't work. */
13850 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13852 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13853 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13854 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13855 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13856 might be better design to have location completely
13857 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13858 update_global_location_list (0);
13860 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13861 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13862 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13863 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13868 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13870 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13874 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13876 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13879 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13880 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13883 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13884 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13888 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13893 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13895 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13896 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13898 if (next
== related
)
13900 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13901 function (related
, data
);
13903 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13904 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13909 function (related
, data
);
13913 while (related
!= b
);
13917 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13922 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13923 delete_breakpoint. */
13926 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13928 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13932 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13934 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13940 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13942 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13943 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13944 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13946 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13948 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13952 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13954 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13957 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13958 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13962 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13966 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13968 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13969 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13970 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13975 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13976 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13977 Null names are ignored. */
13980 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13982 struct bp_location
*l
;
13983 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13984 (int (*) (const void *,
13985 const void *)) streq
,
13986 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13988 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13991 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13993 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13997 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13999 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14003 htab_delete (htab
);
14009 htab_delete (htab
);
14013 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14014 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14015 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14016 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14017 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14018 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14019 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14020 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14023 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14024 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14025 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14026 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14027 in the sources, and output a warning.
14029 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14030 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14031 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14032 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14033 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14036 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14037 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14038 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14039 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14040 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14041 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14042 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14043 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14044 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14046 static struct symtab_and_line
14047 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14049 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14050 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14055 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14057 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14059 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14060 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14062 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14064 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14065 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14066 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14071 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14073 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14075 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14076 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14078 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14081 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14083 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14085 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14086 struct symbol
*sym
;
14087 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14088 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14090 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14092 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14093 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14095 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14096 "found at previous line number"),
14097 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14101 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14103 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14104 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14109 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14110 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14112 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14113 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14118 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14123 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14126 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14127 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14129 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14130 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14131 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14132 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14134 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14137 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14143 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14144 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14147 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14151 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14154 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14157 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14164 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14170 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14171 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14172 a ranged breakpoint. */
14175 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14176 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14177 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14180 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14182 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14184 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14186 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14187 update_global_location_list (1);
14188 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14189 "multiple locations found\n"),
14194 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14195 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14196 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14197 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14198 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14199 individual locations. */
14200 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14205 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14207 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14209 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14211 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14213 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14215 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14218 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14220 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14221 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14223 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14224 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14229 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14230 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14231 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14232 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14236 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14238 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14240 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14244 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14245 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14246 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14248 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14251 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14252 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14253 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14254 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14255 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14256 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14257 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14259 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14261 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14263 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14264 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14266 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14267 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14275 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14276 if (l
->function_name
14277 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14287 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14288 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14290 update_global_location_list (1);
14293 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14294 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14296 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14297 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14300 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14301 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14303 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14306 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14308 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14312 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14313 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14314 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14315 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14316 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14317 state, then user already saw the message about that
14318 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14320 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14321 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14322 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14323 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14324 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14325 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14327 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14329 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14330 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14331 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14332 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14333 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14334 which approach is better. */
14335 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14336 throw_exception (e
);
14340 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14344 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14345 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14346 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14348 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14351 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14352 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14355 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14356 b
->thread
= thread
;
14359 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14360 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14363 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14364 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14374 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14375 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14379 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14382 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14383 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14384 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14386 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14389 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14393 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14395 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14398 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14399 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14403 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14406 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14407 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14410 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14411 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14412 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14413 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14415 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14418 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14419 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14423 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14424 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14426 char *extra_string
,
14427 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14428 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14430 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14431 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14432 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14433 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14435 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14437 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14438 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14439 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14442 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14443 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14446 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14447 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14449 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14451 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14452 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14453 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14454 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14457 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14458 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14460 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14462 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14464 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14465 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14466 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14468 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14471 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14474 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14476 static struct cleanup
*
14477 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14479 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14481 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14482 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14483 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14484 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14485 set_language (b
->language
);
14490 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14491 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14492 Unused in this case. */
14495 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14497 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14498 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14499 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14501 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14502 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14503 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14507 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14509 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14511 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14512 enum language save_language
;
14513 int save_input_radix
;
14514 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14516 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14517 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14518 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14522 /* Format possible error msg. */
14523 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14525 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14526 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14527 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14529 set_language (save_language
);
14530 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14532 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14534 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14536 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14537 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14538 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14539 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14542 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14544 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14545 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14547 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14549 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14551 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14552 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14554 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14555 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14556 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14558 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14562 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14563 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14564 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14567 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14575 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14577 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14579 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14580 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14585 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14589 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14590 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14592 else if (count
== 1)
14593 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14596 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14597 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14600 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14604 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14607 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14610 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14616 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14618 num
= get_number (&p
);
14620 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14622 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14624 set_ignore_count (num
,
14625 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14628 printf_filtered ("\n");
14631 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14632 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14635 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14640 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14642 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14645 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14647 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14649 while (!state
.finished
)
14651 char *p
= state
.string
;
14655 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14658 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14663 if (b
->number
== num
)
14666 function (b
, data
);
14670 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14675 static struct bp_location
*
14676 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14678 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14682 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14683 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14688 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14690 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14693 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14698 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14699 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14702 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14704 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14708 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14711 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14717 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14718 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14719 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14722 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14724 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14725 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14726 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14727 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14730 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14731 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14734 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14736 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14737 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14739 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14740 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14742 struct bp_location
*location
;
14744 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14745 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14748 update_global_location_list (0);
14750 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14753 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14756 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14758 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14761 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14762 disable_breakpoint. */
14765 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14767 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14771 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14775 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14778 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14779 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14783 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14787 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14789 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14796 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14798 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14799 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14800 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14801 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14803 update_global_location_list (0);
14806 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14807 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14813 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14816 int target_resources_ok
;
14818 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14821 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14822 target_resources_ok
=
14823 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14825 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14826 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14827 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14828 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14831 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14833 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14834 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14835 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14837 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14839 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14841 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14842 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14843 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14847 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14848 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14854 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14855 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14857 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14859 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14860 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14862 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14863 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14865 struct bp_location
*location
;
14867 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14868 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14871 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14872 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14873 update_global_location_list (1);
14875 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14880 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14882 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14886 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14888 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14891 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14892 enable_breakpoint. */
14895 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14897 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14900 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14901 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14902 in stopping the inferior. */
14905 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14909 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14911 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14912 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14913 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14917 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14921 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14923 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14930 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14932 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14933 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14934 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14935 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14937 update_global_location_list (1);
14940 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14941 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14946 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14956 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14958 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14960 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14964 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14966 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14972 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14974 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14978 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14980 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14982 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14986 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14988 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14990 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14994 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14996 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14998 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15002 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15004 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15008 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15013 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15017 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15018 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15022 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15023 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15024 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15026 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15029 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15030 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15032 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15034 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15036 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15038 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15039 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15040 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15041 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15043 value_free (wp
->val
);
15051 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15052 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15053 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15054 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15058 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15059 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15061 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15063 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15065 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15066 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15068 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15070 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15078 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15079 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15082 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15084 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15087 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15093 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15096 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15097 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15102 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15104 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15105 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15109 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15110 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15111 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15114 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15115 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15116 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15117 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15118 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15119 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15121 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15122 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15123 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15124 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15127 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15128 were inserted or not. */
15131 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15133 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15134 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15137 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15140 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15142 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15144 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15146 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15147 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15148 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15149 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15151 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15153 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15154 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15155 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15156 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15160 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15161 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15162 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15166 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15170 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15171 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15173 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15174 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15175 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15179 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15183 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15187 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15188 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15189 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15190 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15193 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15197 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15202 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15204 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15206 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15207 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15215 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15216 non-zero otherwise. */
15218 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15220 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15221 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15222 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15229 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15231 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15232 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15234 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15238 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15240 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15243 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15245 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15247 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15251 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15253 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15263 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15264 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15265 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15266 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15268 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15269 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15270 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15276 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15278 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15280 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15282 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15283 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15287 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15289 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15290 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15292 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15293 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15295 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15297 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15299 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15301 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15302 0 /* Ignore count */,
15303 pending_break_support
,
15307 0 /* internal */, 0);
15311 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15313 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15315 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15317 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15318 0 /* Ignore count */,
15319 pending_break_support
,
15320 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15323 0 /* internal */, 0);
15326 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15329 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15331 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15333 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15334 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15335 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15336 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15338 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15340 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15342 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15344 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15345 0 /* Ignore count */,
15346 pending_break_support
,
15350 0 /* internal */, 0);
15353 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15354 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15356 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15357 static int next_cmd
;
15360 read_uploaded_action (void)
15364 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15371 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15372 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15373 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15374 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15375 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15377 struct tracepoint
*
15378 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15380 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15381 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15383 if (utp
->at_string
)
15384 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15387 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15388 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15389 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15391 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15392 "source location, using raw address"),
15394 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15395 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15398 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15399 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15400 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15401 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15404 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15406 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15407 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15409 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15410 0 /* Ignore count */,
15411 pending_break_support
,
15412 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15414 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15416 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15419 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15420 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15421 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15425 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15428 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15431 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15432 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15433 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15435 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15437 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15442 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15444 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15446 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15447 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15448 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15449 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15452 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15453 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15454 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15459 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15463 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15465 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15468 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15470 if (num_printed
== 0)
15472 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15473 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15475 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15478 default_collect_info ();
15481 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15482 Not supported by all targets. */
15484 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15486 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15489 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15490 Not supported by all targets. */
15492 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15494 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15497 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15499 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15501 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15507 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15509 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15510 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15511 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15513 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15514 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15516 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15520 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15522 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15525 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15530 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15533 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15536 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15538 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15539 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15541 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15542 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15545 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15547 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15548 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15549 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15552 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15554 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15555 unsigned int count
;
15557 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15558 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15559 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15561 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15563 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15564 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15568 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15570 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15572 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15574 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15575 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15578 else if (*args
== '\0')
15580 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15582 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15586 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15588 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15589 while (!state
.finished
)
15591 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15593 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15598 struct tracepoint
*
15599 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15601 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15603 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15604 if (t
->number
== num
)
15605 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15610 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15611 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15614 struct tracepoint
*
15615 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15617 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15619 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15621 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15623 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15630 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15631 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15632 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15633 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15635 struct tracepoint
*
15636 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15637 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15639 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15641 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15645 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15646 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15648 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15649 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15651 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15655 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15656 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15659 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15663 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15664 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15666 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15669 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15674 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15676 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15677 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15685 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15686 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15687 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15691 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15692 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15694 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15696 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15697 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15698 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15700 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15701 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15703 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15706 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15707 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15710 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15711 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15716 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15718 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15720 /* We can stop searching. */
15727 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15731 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15732 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15733 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15735 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15736 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15737 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15739 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15740 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15744 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15745 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15748 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15749 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15752 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15754 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15755 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15758 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15761 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15764 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15766 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15770 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15771 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15773 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15775 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15778 throw_exception (ex
);
15780 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15783 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15786 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15787 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15788 special, and not user visible. */
15789 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15791 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15794 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15800 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15804 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15805 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15808 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15811 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15813 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15816 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15819 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15821 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15824 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15826 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15827 all_tracepoints (void)
15829 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15830 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15832 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15834 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15841 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15842 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15843 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15845 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15846 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15847 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15848 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15849 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15850 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15851 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15852 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15853 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15854 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15855 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15857 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15858 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15860 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15861 conditions are different.\n\
15863 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15865 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15866 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15868 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15869 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15872 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15873 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15874 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15875 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15876 void *user_data_catch
,
15877 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15879 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15881 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15883 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15884 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15885 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15887 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15889 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15890 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15891 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15895 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15897 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15898 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15900 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15901 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15902 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15906 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15908 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15909 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15910 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15913 struct breakpoint
*
15914 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15917 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15921 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15928 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15929 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15932 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15934 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15935 non-inline function. */
15936 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15942 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15943 have been inlined. */
15946 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15947 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15949 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15950 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15954 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15957 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15959 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15960 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15968 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15971 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15973 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15975 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15976 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15977 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15981 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15983 static int initialized
= 0;
15985 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15991 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15992 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15993 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15994 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15995 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15996 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15997 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15998 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15999 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16000 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16001 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16002 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16004 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16005 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16007 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16008 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16009 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16010 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16011 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16013 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16014 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16015 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16016 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16017 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16018 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16019 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16020 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16021 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16022 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16024 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16025 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16026 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16027 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16028 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16029 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16030 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16032 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16033 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16035 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16036 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16037 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16038 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16040 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16041 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16042 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16043 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16045 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16046 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16047 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16048 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16049 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16050 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16051 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16054 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16055 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16056 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16057 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16058 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16059 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16060 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16061 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16062 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16063 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16064 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16065 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16066 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16067 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16069 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16070 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16071 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16072 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16073 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16074 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16075 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16076 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16077 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16078 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16079 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16082 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16083 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16084 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16085 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16086 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16087 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16088 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16089 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16090 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16091 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16093 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16094 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16095 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16096 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16097 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16099 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16100 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16101 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16102 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16103 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16104 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16106 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16107 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16108 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16109 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16110 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16111 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16112 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16113 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16114 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16115 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16117 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16118 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16119 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16120 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16121 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16122 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16123 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16124 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16125 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16126 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16128 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16129 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16130 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16131 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16132 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16133 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16134 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16135 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16136 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16137 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16138 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16140 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16141 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16142 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16143 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16144 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16145 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16146 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16147 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16148 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16149 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16150 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16152 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16153 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16154 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16155 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16156 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16157 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16158 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16159 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16160 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16161 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16162 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16163 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16165 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16166 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16167 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16168 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16169 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16170 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16171 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16172 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16175 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16177 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16180 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16182 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16184 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16186 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16187 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16188 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16189 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16191 breakpoint_objfile_key
16192 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16194 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16195 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16196 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16198 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16199 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16200 before a breakpoint is set. */
16201 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16203 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16205 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16206 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16207 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16209 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16211 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16212 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16213 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16214 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16215 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16216 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16217 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16218 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16220 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16221 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16222 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16223 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16224 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16226 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16227 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16228 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16229 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16230 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16232 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16233 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16235 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16236 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16237 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16238 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16240 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16241 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16243 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16244 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16245 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16246 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16248 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16249 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16251 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16252 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16253 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16254 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16255 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16256 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16257 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16259 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16260 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16261 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16262 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16263 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16264 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16266 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16268 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16269 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16270 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16271 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16272 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16273 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16275 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16276 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16277 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16280 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16281 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16282 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16285 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16286 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16287 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16288 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16291 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16292 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16293 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16296 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16297 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16298 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16301 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16302 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16303 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16304 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16307 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16308 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16309 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16310 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16311 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16312 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16313 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16314 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16316 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16317 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16318 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16319 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16320 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16322 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16323 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16324 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16325 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16326 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16327 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16330 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16331 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16332 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16333 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16335 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16336 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16337 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16338 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16339 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16341 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16342 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16343 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16344 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16346 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16347 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16348 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16349 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16350 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16353 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16354 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16355 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16356 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16357 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16358 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16360 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16361 is executing in.\n\
16363 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16364 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16366 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16367 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16368 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16369 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16371 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16372 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16373 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16374 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16377 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16381 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16382 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16383 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16384 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16385 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16386 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16387 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16388 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16389 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16390 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16391 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16392 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16393 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16394 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16395 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16396 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16398 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16399 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16400 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16401 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16402 breakpoint set."));
16405 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16406 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16407 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16408 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16409 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16410 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16411 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16412 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16413 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16415 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16416 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16417 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16418 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16419 breakpoint set."));
16421 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16424 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16425 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16426 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16427 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16428 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16429 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16430 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16431 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16432 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16434 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16435 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16436 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16437 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16438 breakpoint set."));
16440 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16441 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16442 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16443 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16444 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16445 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16446 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16447 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16448 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16449 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16450 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16451 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16452 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16454 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16455 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16456 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16457 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16459 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16461 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16462 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16463 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16464 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16466 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16467 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16468 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16469 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16471 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16472 catch_fork_command_1
,
16474 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16475 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16476 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16477 catch_fork_command_1
,
16479 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16480 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16481 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16482 catch_exec_command_1
,
16486 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16487 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16488 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16489 catch_load_command_1
,
16493 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16494 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16495 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16496 catch_unload_command_1
,
16500 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16501 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16502 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16503 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16504 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16505 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16506 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16507 catch_syscall_completer
,
16511 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16512 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16513 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16514 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16515 an expression changes.\n\
16516 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16517 the memory to which it refers."));
16518 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16520 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16521 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16522 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16523 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16524 an expression is read.\n\
16525 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16526 the memory to which it refers."));
16527 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16529 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16530 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16531 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16532 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16533 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16534 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16535 the memory to which it refers."));
16536 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16538 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16539 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16541 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16542 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16543 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16544 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16545 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16546 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16547 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16548 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16549 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16552 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16553 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16555 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16557 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16559 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16560 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16563 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16564 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16566 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16567 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16568 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16569 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16571 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16572 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16574 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16575 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16576 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16578 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16579 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16581 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16582 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16583 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16584 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16585 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16586 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16587 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16588 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16589 the selected stack frame.\n\
16590 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16591 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16592 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16593 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16595 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16597 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16598 conditions are different.\n\
16600 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16601 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16602 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16604 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16605 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16606 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16607 last tracepoint set."));
16609 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16611 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16612 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16613 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16614 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16616 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16618 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16619 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16620 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16621 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16623 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16625 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16626 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16627 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16628 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16630 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16632 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16633 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16634 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16635 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16636 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16638 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16639 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16640 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16641 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16643 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16644 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16645 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16646 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16647 session to restore them."),
16649 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16651 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16652 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16653 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16655 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16657 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16658 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16660 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16661 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16662 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16663 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16664 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16665 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16666 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16667 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16668 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16669 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16670 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16671 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16673 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16674 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16675 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16676 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16677 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16678 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16679 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16680 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16682 show_pending_break_support
,
16683 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16684 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16686 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16688 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16689 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16690 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16691 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16692 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16693 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16694 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16696 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16697 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16698 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16700 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16701 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16702 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16703 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16704 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16705 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16706 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16707 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16708 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16709 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16710 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16711 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16713 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16714 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16715 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16717 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16718 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16719 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16720 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16721 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16722 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16723 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16724 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16725 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16726 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16727 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16728 be set to \"gdb\""),
16729 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16730 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16731 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16732 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16734 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16735 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16736 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16737 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16738 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16739 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16740 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16741 or the start of the range\n\
16742 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16743 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16744 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16746 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16747 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16748 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16750 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16751 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16752 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16753 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16754 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16755 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16756 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16758 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16759 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16760 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16761 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16762 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16763 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16764 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16765 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16766 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16767 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16768 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16769 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16771 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16772 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16773 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16774 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16775 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16776 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16777 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16779 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16780 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16781 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16782 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16783 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16784 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16785 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16787 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16788 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16789 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16790 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16791 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16792 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16795 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16797 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16798 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16799 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16801 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16803 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16804 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);